blob: 9c91eb11cba24ed0fd99409186238257ef5715dc [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000062 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000063 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000082 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000090/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
91/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
92/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
93///
94void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
95 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
96{
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000097 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 if (!attr)
99 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
101 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000103 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
104 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000105 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000106 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
107 int isMethod = 0;
108 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
109 // skip over named parameters.
110 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
111 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
112 if (nullPos)
113 --nullPos;
114 else
115 ++i;
116 }
117 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
118 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000119 }
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000120 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
121 // skip over named parameters.
122 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
123 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
124 if (nullPos)
125 --nullPos;
126 else
127 ++i;
128 }
129 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
130 }
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
132 // block or function pointer call.
133 QualType Ty = V->getType();
134 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
135 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000136 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
137 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000138 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
139 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
140 unsigned k;
141 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
142 if (nullPos)
143 --nullPos;
144 else
145 ++i;
146 }
147 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
148 }
149 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
150 isMethod = 2;
151 }
152 else
153 return;
154 }
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000155 else
156 return;
157
158 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000159 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000160 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000161 return;
162 }
163 int sentinel = i;
164 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
165 --sentinelPos;
166 ++i;
167 }
168 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
169 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000170 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000171 return;
172 }
173 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
174 ++i;
175 ++sentinel;
176 }
177 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
178 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
179 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000180 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000181 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000182 }
183 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000184}
185
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000186SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
187 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
188 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
189}
190
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000191//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
192// Standard Promotions and Conversions
193//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
194
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000195/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
196void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
197 QualType Ty = E->getType();
198 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
199
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000200 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
201 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000202 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
203 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
204 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
205 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
206 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
207 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
208 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000209 //
210 // C++ 4.2p1:
211 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
212 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
213 //
214 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
215 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000216 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
217 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000218}
219
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000220/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
221/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
222///
223/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
224/// promotion occurs.
225static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000226 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
227 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000228 return QualType();
229
230 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
231 if (!BT)
232 return QualType();
233
234 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
235 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
236 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
237 return QualType();
238
239 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
240 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
241 return QualType();
242
243 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
244 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
245 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
246 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
247 return Context.IntTy;
248
249 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
250 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
251
252 return QualType();
253}
254
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000255/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
256/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
257/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
258/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
259/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
260Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
261 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
262 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
263
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000264 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
265 //
266 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
267 // unsigned int may be used:
268 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
269 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
270 // and unsigned int.
271 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
272 //
273 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
274 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
275 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
276 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
277 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000278 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000279 return Expr;
280 } else {
281 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
282 if (!T.isNull()) {
283 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
284 return Expr;
285 }
286 }
287
288 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000289 return Expr;
290}
291
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000292/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
293/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
294/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
295void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
296 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
297 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
298
299 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
300 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
301 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
302 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
303
304 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
305}
306
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000307/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
308/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
309/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
310/// completely illegal.
311bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000312 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
313
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000314 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
315 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
316 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
317 << Expr->getType() << CT;
318 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000319 }
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000320
321 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
322 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
323 << Expr->getType() << CT;
324
325 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000326}
327
328
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000329/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
330/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
331/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
332/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
333/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
334/// GCC.
335QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
336 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000337 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000338 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000339
340 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000341
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000342 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
343 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000344 QualType lhs =
345 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
346 QualType rhs =
347 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000348
349 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
350 if (lhs == rhs)
351 return lhs;
352
353 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
354 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
355 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
356 return lhs;
357
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000358 // Perform bitfield promotions.
359 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
360 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
361 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
362 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
363 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
364 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
365
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000366 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000367 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000368 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000369 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000370 return destType;
371}
372
373QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
374 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
375 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
376 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
377 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
378 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000379 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
380 lhs = Context.IntTy;
381 else
382 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
383 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
384 rhs = Context.IntTy;
385 else
386 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000387
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000388 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
389 if (lhs == rhs)
390 return lhs;
391
392 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
393 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
394 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
395 return lhs;
396
397 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
398
399 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
400 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
401 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
402 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
403 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000404 return lhs;
405 }
406 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
407 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000408 return rhs;
409 }
410 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
411 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
412 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
413 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
414 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
415 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
416 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
417 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
418 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
419 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
420 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
421
422 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
423 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000424 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
425 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000426 }
427 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
428 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
429 // does not require this promotion.
430 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
431 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000432 return rhs;
433 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000434 return lhs;
435 }
436 }
437 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
438 }
439 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
440 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
441 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000442 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000443 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000444 return lhs;
445 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000446 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
447 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
448 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
449 }
450 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000451 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000452 return rhs;
453 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000454 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
455 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
456 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
457 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000458 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
459 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
460 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000461 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000462 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000463 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
464 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000465 }
466 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
467 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
468 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
469 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
470
471 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
472 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000473 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
474 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000475 return rhs;
476 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
477 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000478 return lhs;
479 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
480 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000481 return rhs;
482 }
483 }
484 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
485 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
486 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
487 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
488 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
489 QualType destType;
490 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
491 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
492 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
493 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
494 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
495 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
496 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
497 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
498 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
499 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
500 // use the signed type.
501 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
502 } else {
503 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
504 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
505 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
506 // to the signed type.
507 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
508 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000509 return destType;
510}
511
512//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
513// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
514//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
515
516
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000517/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000518/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
519/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
520/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
521/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000522///
523Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000524Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000525 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
526
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000527 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000528 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000529 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000530
531 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
532 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
533 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000534
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000535 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000536 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000537 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000538
539 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
540 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
541 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000542
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000543 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
544 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
545 // strings.
546 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000547 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000548 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000549
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000550 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000551 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
552 Literal.GetStringLength(),
553 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
554 &StringTokLocs[0],
555 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000556}
557
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000558/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
559/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
560/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
561/// for values inside the block or for globals).
562///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000563/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
564/// up-to-date.
565///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000566static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
567 ValueDecl *VD) {
568 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
569 // we wanted to.
570 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
571 return false;
572
573 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
574 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
575 return false;
576
577 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
578 // snapshot it.
579 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
580 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000581 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
582 return false;
583
584 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
585 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
586
587 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
588 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
589 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
590 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
591 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
592 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
593 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
594 // having a reference outside it.
595 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
596 break;
597
598 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
599 // a snapshot as well.
600 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
601 }
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000602
603 return true;
604}
605
606
607
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000608/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000609/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000610/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000611/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000612/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000613Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
614 IdentifierInfo &II,
615 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000616 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
617 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
618 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000619 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000620}
621
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000622/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
623/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
624/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000625Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
627 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
628 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000629 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
630 Diag(Loc,
631 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
632 << D->getDeclName();
633 return ExprError();
634 }
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000635
636 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
637 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
638 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
639 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
640 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
641 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
642 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
643 << D->getIdentifier();
644 return ExprError();
645 }
646 }
647 }
648 }
649
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000650 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000651
652 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000653 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000654 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
655 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000656 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000657 } else
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000658 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
659
660 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000661}
662
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000663/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
664/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
665/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000666static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
667 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000668 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
669 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
670
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000671 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
672 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
673 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000674 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000675 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
676 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000677 D != DEnd; ++D) {
678 if (*D == Record) {
679 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
680 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
681 ++D;
682 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000683 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000684 return *D;
685 }
686 }
687
688 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
689 return 0;
690}
691
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000692/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
693/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
694/// actual member.
695///
696/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
697/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
698/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
699/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
700/// we found.
701///
702/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
703/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
704/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
705VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
706 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000707 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
708 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
709 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
710
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000711 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000712 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
713 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
714 do {
715 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000716 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000717 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000718 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000719 else {
720 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
721 break;
722 }
723 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
724 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
725 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000726
727 return BaseObject;
728}
729
730Sema::OwningExprResult
731Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
732 FieldDecl *Field,
733 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
734 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
735 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
736 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
737 AnonFields);
738
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000739 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
740 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
741 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
742 // found via name lookup.
743 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
744 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
745 if (BaseObject) {
746 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
747 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000748 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000749 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000750 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000751 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000752 ExtraQuals
753 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
754 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
755 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
756 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
757 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
758 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000759 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000760 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
761 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
762 }
763 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
764 } else {
765 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
766 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
767 // program our base object expression is "this".
768 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
769 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
770 QualType AnonFieldType
771 = Context.getTagDeclType(
772 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
773 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
774 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
775 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
776 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
777 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000778 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000779 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000780 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
781 }
782 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000783 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
784 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000785 }
786 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
787 }
788
789 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000790 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
791 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000792 }
793
794 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
795 // anonymous struct/union.
796 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000797 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseObjectExpr->getType().getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000798 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
799 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
800 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
801 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
802 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
803 unsigned combinedQualifiers
804 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
805 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
806 }
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000807 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
808 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000809 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000810 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
811 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000812 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
813 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000814 }
815
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000816 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000817}
818
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000819/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
820/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
821/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
822/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
823/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
824/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
825/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
826/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
827/// forms.
828///
829/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
830/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
831/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
832/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000833///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000834/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
835/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
836/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
837/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000838Sema::OwningExprResult
839Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
840 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000841 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000842 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000843 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000844 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
845 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000846
847 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
848 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
849 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
850 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000851 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000852 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000853 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
854 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson9b31df42009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000855 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
856 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000857 }
858
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000859 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
860 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000861
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000862 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
863 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
864 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
865 : SourceRange());
866 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000867 }
868
869 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000870
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000871 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
872 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000873 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
874 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000875 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
876 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000877 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
878 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
879 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000880 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000881 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000882 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000883 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000884 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000885 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
886 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000887
888 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
889 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
890 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
891 return ExprError();
892
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000893 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
894 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
895 // an error.
896 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
897 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
898 << IV->getDeclName());
899 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
900 // same name exists, use the global.
901 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000902 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
903 ClassDeclared != IFace)
904 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000905 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
906 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000907 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisecd1bae2009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000908 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
909 II, false);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000910 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000911 return Owned(new (Context)
912 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000913 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000914 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000915 }
916 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000917 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
918 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
919 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000920 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000921 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000922 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
923 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000924 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000925 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000926 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000927 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000928 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000929 QualType T;
930
931 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000932 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
933 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000934 else
935 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000936 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000937 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000938 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000939
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000940 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
941 // argument-dependent lookup.
942 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
943 HasTrailingLParen;
944
945 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000946 // We've seen something of the form
947 //
948 // identifier(
949 //
950 // and we did not find any entity by the name
951 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
952 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
953 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
954 Context.OverloadTy,
955 Loc));
956 }
957
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000958 if (D == 0) {
959 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
960 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000961 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000962 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000963 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000964 else {
965 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
966 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000967 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000968 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
969 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000970 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
971 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000972 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
973 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000974 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000975 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000976 }
977 }
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000978
979 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
980 // Warn about constructs like:
981 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
982 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
983
984 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
985 // information to check this property.
986 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
987 Scope *CheckS = S;
988 while (CheckS) {
989 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
990 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
991 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
992 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
993 << Var->getDeclName());
994 else
995 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
996 << Var->getDeclName());
997 break;
998 }
999
1000 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1001 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1002 if (CheckS)
1003 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1004 }
1005 }
1006 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1007 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1008 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1009 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1010 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1011 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1012 // type.
1013 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
1014 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001015
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001016 QualType T = Func->getType();
1017 QualType NoProtoType = T;
1018 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1019 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
1020 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
1021 }
1022 }
1023
1024 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
1025}
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001026/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001027bool
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001028Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1029 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
1030 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
1031 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
1032 QualType DestType =
1033 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001034 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1035 return false;
1036 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1037 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001038 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001039 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1040 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001041 }
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001042 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1043 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1044 DestRecordType,
1045 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1046 From->getSourceRange()))
1047 return true;
Anders Carlsson3503d042009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001048 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1049 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001050 }
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001051 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001052}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001053
1054/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1055Sema::OwningExprResult
1056Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
1057 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1058 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1059 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1060 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
1061 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1062
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001063 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
1064 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
1065 // not any specific instance's member.
1066 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001067 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001068 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001069 QualType DType;
1070 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1071 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
1072 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1073 DType = Method->getType();
1074 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1075 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
1076 }
1077 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
1078 if (!DType.isNull()) {
1079 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
1080 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001081 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001082 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001083 }
1084 }
1085 }
1086
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001087 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1088 // (C++ [class.union]).
1089 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
1090 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
1091 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001092
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001093 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1094 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
1095 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
1096 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
1097 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
1098 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
1099 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
1100 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
1101 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
1102 QualType MemberType;
1103 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1104 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
1105 MemberType = FD->getType();
1106
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001107 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001108 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1109 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1110 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1111 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1112 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1113 }
1114 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1115 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1116 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1117 MemberType = Method->getType();
1118 }
1119 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1120 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1121 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1122 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1123 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1124 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1125 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1126 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1127 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1128 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1129 break;
1130 }
1131 }
1132 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001133
1134 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001135 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1136 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1137 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1138 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1139 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1140 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001141 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001142 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001143 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001144 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
1145 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001146 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman72527132009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001147 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001148 }
1149 }
1150 }
1151 }
1152
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001153 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001154 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1155 if (MD->isStatic())
1156 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001157 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1158 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001159 }
1160
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001161 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1162 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1163 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001164 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1165 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001166 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001167
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001168 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001169 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001170 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001171 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001172 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001173 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001174
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001175 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001176 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001177 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1178 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001179 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001180 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1181 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001182 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001183
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001184 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1185 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1186 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1187 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001188 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
1189 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001190 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1191 return ExprError();
1192
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001193 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1194 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001195 return ExprError();
1196
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001197 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1198 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1199 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1200 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001201 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001202 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1203 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1204 //
1205 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001206 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001207 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001208 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001209 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001210 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001211 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1212 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001213 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001214
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001215 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001216 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1217 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001218 }
1219 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1220 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001221
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001222 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001223 bool ValueDependent = false;
1224 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1225 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1226 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1227 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1228 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1229 TypeDependent = true;
1230 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1231 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1232 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1233 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1234 TypeDependent = true;
1235 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1236 // names a dependent type.
1237 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001238 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001239 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1240 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001241 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001242 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1243 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1244 TypeDependent = true;
1245 break;
1246 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001247 }
1248 }
1249 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001250
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001251 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1252 //
1253 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1254 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1255 if (TypeDependent)
1256 ValueDependent = true;
1257 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1258 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1259 ValueDependent = true;
1260 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1261 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001262 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1263 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1264 Dcl->getInit()) {
1265 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1266 }
1267 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001268 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001269
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001270 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1271 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001272}
1273
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001274Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1275 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001276 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001277
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001278 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001279 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001280 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1281 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1282 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001283 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001284
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001285 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1286 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001287 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001288 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1289 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001290 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1291 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1292 else {
1293 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1294 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1295 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1296 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001297
1298
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001299 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001300 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001301 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001302 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001303}
1304
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001305Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001306 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1307 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1308 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1309 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001310
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001311 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1312 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1313 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001314 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001315
1316 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1317
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001318 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1319 Literal.isWide(),
1320 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001321}
1322
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001323Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1324 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001325 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1326 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001327 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001328 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001329 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001330 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001331 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001332
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001333 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001334 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1335 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001336 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001337
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001338 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1339 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001340
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001341 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1342 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1343 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001344 return ExprError();
1345
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001346 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001347
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001348 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001349 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001350 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001351 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001352 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001353 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001354 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001355 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001356
1357 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1358
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001359 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1360 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001361 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1362 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001363
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001364 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001365 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001366 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001367 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001368
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001369 // long long is a C99 feature.
1370 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001371 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001372 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1373
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001374 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001375 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001376
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001377 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1378 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1379 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001380 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1381 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001382 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001383 } else {
1384 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1385 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001386
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001387 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1388 // be an unsigned int.
1389 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1390
1391 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001392 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001393 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1394 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001395 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001396
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001397 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1398 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1399 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1400 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001401 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001402 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001403 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001404 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001405 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001406 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001407
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001408 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001409 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001410 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001411
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001412 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1413 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1414 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1415 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001416 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001417 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001418 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001419 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001420 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001421 }
1422
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001423 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001424 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001425 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001426
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001427 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1428 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1429 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1430 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001431 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001432 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001433 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001434 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001435 }
1436 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001437
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001438 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1439 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001440 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001441 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001442 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001443 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001444 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001445
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001446 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1447 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001448 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001449 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001450 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001451
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001452 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1453 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001454 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1455 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001456
1457 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001458}
1459
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001460Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1461 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001462 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001463 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001464 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001465}
1466
1467/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1468/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001469bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001470 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1471 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1472 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001473 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1474 return false;
1475
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001476 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001477 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001478 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001479 if (isSizeof)
1480 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1481 return false;
1482 }
1483
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001484 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001485 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001486 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1487 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001488 return false;
1489 }
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001490
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001491 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1492 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1493 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1494 ExprRange))
1495 return true;
1496
1497 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001498 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001499 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001500 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1501 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001502 }
1503
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001504 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001505}
1506
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001507bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1508 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1509 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001510
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001511 // alignof decl is always ok.
1512 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1513 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001514
1515 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1516 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1517 return false;
1518
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001519 if (E->getBitField()) {
1520 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1521 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001522 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001523
1524 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1525 // bit-field.
1526 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001527 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001528 return false;
1529
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001530 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1531}
1532
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001533/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1534Action::OwningExprResult
1535Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1536 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1537 if (T.isNull())
1538 return ExprError();
1539
1540 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1541 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1542 return ExprError();
1543
1544 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1545 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1546 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1547 R.getEnd()));
1548}
1549
1550/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1551/// operand.
1552Action::OwningExprResult
1553Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1554 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1555 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1556 bool isInvalid = false;
1557 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1558 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1559 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1560 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001561 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001562 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1563 isInvalid = true;
1564 } else {
1565 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1566 }
1567
1568 if (isInvalid)
1569 return ExprError();
1570
1571 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1572 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1573 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1574 R.getEnd()));
1575}
1576
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001577/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1578/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1579/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001580Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001581Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1582 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001583 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001584 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001585
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001586 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001587 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1588 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1589 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001590
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001591 // Get the end location.
1592 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1593 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1594 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1595
1596 if (Result.isInvalid())
1597 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1598
1599 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001600}
1601
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001602QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001603 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1604 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001605
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001606 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001607 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1608 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001609
1610 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1611 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1612 return V->getType();
1613
1614 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001615 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1616 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001617 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001618}
1619
1620
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001621
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001622Action::OwningExprResult
1623Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1624 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1625 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001626
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001627 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1628 switch (Kind) {
1629 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1630 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1631 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1632 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001633
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001634 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1635 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1636 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001637 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001638 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1639
1640 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1641 //
1642 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1643 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1644 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1645 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1646 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1647 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1648 // argument will have value zero.
1649 Expr *Args[2] = {
1650 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001651 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1652 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001653 };
1654
1655 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1656 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001657 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001658
1659 // Perform overload resolution.
1660 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001661 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001662 case OR_Success: {
1663 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1664 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1665
1666 if (FnDecl) {
1667 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1668 // operator.
1669
1670 // Convert the arguments.
1671 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1672 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001673 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001674 } else {
1675 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001676 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001677 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1678 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001679 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001680 }
1681
1682 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001683 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001684 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1685 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001686
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001687 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001688 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001689 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001690 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1691
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001692 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001693 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001694 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1695 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1696 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001697 } else {
1698 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1699 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1700 // operator node.
1701 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1702 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001703 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001704
1705 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001706 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001707 }
1708
1709 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1710 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1711 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1712 break;
1713
1714 case OR_Ambiguous:
1715 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1716 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1717 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1718 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001719 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001720
1721 case OR_Deleted:
1722 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1723 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1724 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1725 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1726 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1727 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001728 }
1729
1730 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1731 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1732 // build a built-in operation.
1733 }
1734
Eli Friedman6016cb22009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001735 Input.release();
1736 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001737 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001738}
1739
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001740Action::OwningExprResult
1741Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1742 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1743 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1744 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001745
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001746 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001747 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1748 Base.release();
1749 Idx.release();
1750 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1751 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1752 }
1753
1754 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001755 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001756 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1757 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1758 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001759 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1760 // to the candidate set.
1761 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1762 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001763 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1764 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001765
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001766 // Perform overload resolution.
1767 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001768 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001769 case OR_Success: {
1770 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1771 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1772
1773 if (FnDecl) {
1774 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1775 // operator.
1776
1777 // Convert the arguments.
1778 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1779 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1780 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1781 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1782 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001783 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001784 } else {
1785 // Convert the arguments.
1786 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1787 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1788 "passing") ||
1789 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1790 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1791 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001792 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001793 }
1794
1795 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001796 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001797 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1798 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001799
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001800 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001801 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1802 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001803 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1804
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001805 Base.release();
1806 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001807 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1808 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001809 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1810 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001811 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001812 } else {
1813 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1814 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1815 // operator node.
1816 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1817 "passing") ||
1818 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1819 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001820 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001821
1822 break;
1823 }
1824 }
1825
1826 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1827 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1828 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1829 break;
1830
1831 case OR_Ambiguous:
1832 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1833 << "[]"
1834 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1835 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001836 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001837
1838 case OR_Deleted:
1839 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1840 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1841 << "[]"
1842 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1843 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1844 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001845 }
1846
1847 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1848 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1849 // build a built-in operation.
1850 }
1851
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001852 // Perform default conversions.
1853 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1854 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001855
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001856 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001857
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001858 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001859 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001860 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001861 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001862 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1863 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001864 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1865 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1866 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1867 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001868 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001869 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1870 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001871 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001872 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001873 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001874 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1875 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001876 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001877 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1878 LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1879 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1880 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1881 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
1882 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1883 RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1884 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1885 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1886 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1887 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001888 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1889 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001890 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001891
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001892 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1893 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001894 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1895 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1896 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1897 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1898 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1899 // force the promotion here.
1900 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1901 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1902 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1903 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1904
1905 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1906 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001907 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001908 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1909 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1910 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1911 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1912 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1913 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1914
1915 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1916 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001917 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001918 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001919 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1920 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001921 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001922 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001923 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001924 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1925 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001926
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001927 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1928 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1929 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1930 // incomplete types are not object types.
1931 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1932 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1933 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1934 return ExprError();
1935 }
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001936
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001937 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001938 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001939 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1940 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001941
1942 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1943 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1944 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1945 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1946 return ExprError();
1947 }
1948
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001949 Base.release();
1950 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001951 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001952 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001953}
1954
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001955QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001956CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001957 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001958 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001959
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001960 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1961 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001962
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001963 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001964 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1965 // to be selected.
1966 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001967
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001968 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1969 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001970 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001971
1972 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1973 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001974 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001975 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1976 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001977 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001978 do
1979 compStr++;
1980 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001981 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001982 do
1983 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001984 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001985 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001986
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001987 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001988 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1989 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001990 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1991 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001992 return QualType();
1993 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001994
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001995 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1996 // operates on.
1997 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1998 compStr = CompName.getName();
1999
2000 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002001 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002002
2003 while (*compStr) {
2004 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2005 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2006 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2007 return QualType();
2008 }
2009 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002010 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002011
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002012 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
2013 // number of elements.
2014 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002015 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002016 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002017 return QualType();
2018 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002019
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002020 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002021 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002022 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002023 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002024 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002025 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
2026 : CompName.getLength();
2027 if (HexSwizzle)
2028 CompSize--;
2029
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002030 if (CompSize == 1)
2031 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002032
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002033 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002034 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002035 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2036 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2037 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2038 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002039 }
2040 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002041}
2042
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002043static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
2044 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002045 const Selector &Sel,
2046 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002047
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002048 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002049 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002050 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002051 return OMD;
2052
2053 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2054 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002055 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
2056 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002057 return D;
2058 }
2059 return 0;
2060}
2061
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002062static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002063 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002064 const Selector &Sel,
2065 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002066 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2067 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002068 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002069 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002070 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002071 GDecl = PD;
2072 break;
2073 }
2074 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002075 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002076 GDecl = OMD;
2077 break;
2078 }
2079 }
2080 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002081 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002082 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2083 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002084 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002085 if (GDecl)
2086 return GDecl;
2087 }
2088 }
2089 return GDecl;
2090}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002091
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002092/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2093/// all base class implementations.
2094///
2095ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2096 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2097 const Selector &Sel) {
2098 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis87018772009-07-21 00:06:04 +00002099 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl = IFace->getImplementation())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002100 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002101
2102 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2103 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2104 return Method;
2105}
2106
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002107Action::OwningExprResult
2108Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2109 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002110 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002111 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002112 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002113 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002114
2115 // Perform default conversions.
2116 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002117
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002118 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2119 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002120
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002121 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2122 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002123 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002124 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002125 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2126 BaseExpr, true,
2127 OpLoc,
2128 DeclarationName(&Member),
2129 MemberLoc));
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002130 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002131 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002132 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2133 ;
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002134 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002135 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2136 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002137 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002138 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2139 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2140 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002141 } else {
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002142 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2143 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2144 // (so we'll report an error for)
2145 // T* t;
2146 // t.f;
2147 //
2148 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2149 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2150 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002151 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002152
2153 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2154 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002155 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2156 BaseExpr, false,
2157 OpLoc,
2158 DeclarationName(&Member),
2159 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002160 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002161 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002162
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002163 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2164 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002165 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002166 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002167 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002168 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2169 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2170 return ExprError();
2171
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002172 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002173 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002174 LookupResult Result
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002175 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002176 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002177
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002178 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002179 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2180 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002181 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002182 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2183 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2184 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002185 }
2186
2187 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002188
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002189 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2190 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2191 // error cases.
2192 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2193 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002194
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002195 // Check the use of this field
2196 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2197 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002198
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002199 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002200 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2201 // (C++ [class.union]).
2202 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002203 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002204 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002205
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002206 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002207 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002208 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002209 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2210 else {
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002211 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseType.getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002212 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2213 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002214 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002215 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2216 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002217 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
2218 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002219 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002220
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002221 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002222 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2223 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002224 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2225 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002226 }
2227
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002228 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2229 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002230 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002231 Var, MemberLoc,
2232 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002233 }
2234 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2235 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002236 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002237 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2238 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002239 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002240 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2241 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002242 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002243 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002244 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2245 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002246 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2247 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002248 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002249 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002250 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2251 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002252
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002253 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2254 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2255 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002256 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2257 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2258 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002259 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002260
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002261 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00002262 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002263 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2264 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2265 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2266 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2267 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2268 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2269 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2270 // Check the use of this method.
2271 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2272 return ExprError();
2273 }
2274 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2275 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2276 Selector SetterSel =
2277 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2278 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2279 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2280 if (!Setter) {
2281 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2282 // methods.
2283 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
2284 }
2285 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002286 if (!Setter)
2287 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002288
2289 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2290 return ExprError();
2291
2292 if (Getter || Setter) {
2293 QualType PType;
2294
2295 if (Getter)
2296 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2297 else {
2298 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2299 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2300 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2301 }
2302 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2303 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2304 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2305 }
2306 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2307 << &Member << BaseType);
2308 }
2309 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002310 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2311 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002312 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2313 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
2314 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2315 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
2316 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002317 if (IFaceT) {
2318 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2319 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2320 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member, ClassDeclared);
2321
2322 if (IV) {
2323 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2324 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2325 // error cases.
2326 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2327 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002328
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002329 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2330 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2331 return ExprError();
2332 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2333 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2334 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2335 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2336 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2337 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2338 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2339 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2340 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2341 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2342 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2343 // AST for a function decl.
2344 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
2345 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2346 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2347 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2348 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2349 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2350 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2351 }
2352
2353 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2354 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
2355 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
2356 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
2357 << IV->getDeclName();
2358 }
2359 // @protected
2360 else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2361 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
2362 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002363 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002364
2365 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2366 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2367 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002368 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002369 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2370 << IDecl->getDeclName() << &Member
2371 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002372 }
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002373 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2374 // is a reference to 'isa'.
Steve Naroff99b10be2009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002375 if (Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002376 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2377 Context.getObjCIdType()));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002378 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002379 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
2380 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2381 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2382 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2383
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002384 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2385 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2386 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2387 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2388 // Check the use of this declaration
2389 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2390 return ExprError();
2391
2392 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2393 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2394 }
2395 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2396 // Check the use of this method.
2397 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2398 return ExprError();
2399
2400 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
2401 OMD->getResultType(),
2402 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2403 NULL, 0));
2404 }
2405 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002406
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002407 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2408 << &Member << BaseType);
2409 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002410 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2411 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002412 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
2413 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2414 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2415 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2416 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
2417
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002418 // Search for a declared property first.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002419 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002420 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2421 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2422 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002423 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2424 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002425 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002426 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2427 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002428 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002429 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2430 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002431 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002432 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2433 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002434 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002435 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2436 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2437 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002438
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002439 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002440 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2441 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002442 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2443 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
2444 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
2445 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2446 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2447 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002448
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002449 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2450 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2451 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002452 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2453 // selector is implemented.
2454
2455 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2456 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2457
2458 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002459 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002460
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002461 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2462 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002463 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002464
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002465 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002466 if (!Getter)
2467 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002468 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002469 // Check if we can reference this property.
2470 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2471 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002472 }
2473 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2474 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2475 Selector SetterSel =
2476 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2477 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002478 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002479 if (!Setter) {
2480 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2481 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002482 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002483 }
2484 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002485 if (!Setter)
2486 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002487
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002488 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2489 return ExprError();
2490
2491 if (Getter || Setter) {
2492 QualType PType;
2493
2494 if (Getter)
2495 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2496 else {
2497 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2498 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2499 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2500 }
2501 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2502 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2503 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2504 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002505 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2506 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002507 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002508
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002509 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
2510 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2511 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Steve Naroff99b10be2009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002512 Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002513 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2514 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2515
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002516 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002517 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002518 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2519 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002520 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002521 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002522 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002523 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002524
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002525 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2526 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2527
2528 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2529 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2530 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2531 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2532 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2533 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002534 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002535 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2536 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2537 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2538 }
2539
2540 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002541}
2542
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002543/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2544/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2545/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2546/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2547/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2548/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002549bool
2550Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002551 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002552 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002553 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2554 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002555 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002556 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2557 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2558 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002559 bool Invalid = false;
2560
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002561 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2562 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2563 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2564 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2565 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2566 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2567 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2568 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002569 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002570 }
2571
2572 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2573 // them.
2574 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2575 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2576 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2577 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2578 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2579 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2580 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2581 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002582 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002583 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002584 }
2585 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2586 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002587
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002588 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2589 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2590 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002591
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002592 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002593 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002594 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002595
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002596 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2597 ProtoArgType,
2598 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2599 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2600 return true;
2601
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002602 // Pass the argument.
2603 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2604 return true;
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002605 } else {
2606 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2607 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2608 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2609 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2610 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2611 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002612 } else {
2613 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2614
2615 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2616 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2617 // be properly destroyed.
2618 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2619 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2620 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2621 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2622 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2623 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2624 }
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002625 }
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002626
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002627 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002628 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002629 }
2630
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002631 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002632
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002633 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2634 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002635
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002636 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2637 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002638 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2639 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2640 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2641 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2642 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2643
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002644 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2645 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2646 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002647 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002648 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2649 }
2650 }
2651
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002652 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002653}
2654
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002655/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002656/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2657/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002658Action::OwningExprResult
2659Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2660 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002661 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002662 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002663 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002664 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002665 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002666 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002667 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002668 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002669
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002670 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002671 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002672 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002673 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2674 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002675 bool Dependent = false;
2676 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2677 Dependent = true;
2678 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2679 Dependent = true;
2680
2681 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002682 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002683 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2684
2685 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2686 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2687 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2688 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2689
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002690 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002691 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2692 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2693 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2694 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2695 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2696 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2697 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002698 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2699 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002700 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002701 }
2702
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002703 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002704 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2705 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002706 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2707 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002708 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2709 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2710 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002711 while (true) {
2712 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2713 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2714 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002715 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002716 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002717 ADL = false;
2718 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2719 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002720 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002721 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2722 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002723 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002724 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2725 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002726 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002727 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002728 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002729 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2730 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2731 break;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002732 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2733 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2734 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00002735 if (!NDecl)
2736 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002737 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
2738 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2739 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2740
2741 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2742 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2743 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2744 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2745 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2746 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2747 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2748 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2749 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2750 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2751 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2752 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2753 //
2754 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2755 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2756 // is still possible.
2757 if (TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())
2758 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002759 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002760 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002761 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2762 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2763 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002764 break;
2765 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002766 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002767
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002768 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002769 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002770 if (NDecl) {
2771 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2772 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002773 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2774 else
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002775 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2776 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002777 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002778
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002779 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
2780 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002781 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002782 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002783 ADL = false;
2784
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002785 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2786 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2787 ADL = false;
2788
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002789 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002790 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
2791 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2792 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2793 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2794 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2795 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002796 if (!FDecl)
2797 return ExprError();
2798
2799 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2800 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002801 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002802 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002803 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2804 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2805 false, false,
2806 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2807 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002808 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002809 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002810 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2811 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2812 Fn = NewFn;
2813 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002814 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002815
2816 // Promote the function operand.
2817 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2818
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002819 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2820 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002821 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2822 Args, NumArgs,
2823 Context.BoolTy,
2824 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002825
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002826 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2827 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2828 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2829 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002830 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002831 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002832 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2833 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002834 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2835 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002836 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002837 getAsFunctionType();
2838 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002839 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002840 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2841 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2842
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002843 // Check for a valid return type
2844 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2845 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2846 FuncT->getResultType(),
2847 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2848 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2849 return ExprError();
2850
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002851 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002852 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002853
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002854 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002855 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002856 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002857 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002858 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002859 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002860
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002861 if (FDecl) {
2862 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2863 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2864 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002865 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002866 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2867 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2868 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2869 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2870 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2871 }
2872 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002873 }
2874
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002875 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002876 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2877 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2878 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002879 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2880 Arg->getType(),
2881 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2882 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2883 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002884 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002885 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002886 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002887
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002888 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2889 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002890 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2891 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002892
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002893 // Check for sentinels
2894 if (NDecl)
2895 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002896 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002897 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002898 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002899 if (NDecl)
2900 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002901
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002902 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002903}
2904
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002905Action::OwningExprResult
2906Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2907 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002908 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002909 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002910 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002911 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002912 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002913
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002914 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002915 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002916 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2917 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002918 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2919 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2920 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002921 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002922 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002923
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002924 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002925 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002926 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002927
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002928 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002929 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002930 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002931 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002932 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002933 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002934 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002935 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002936}
2937
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002938Action::OwningExprResult
2939Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002940 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2941 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2942 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002943
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002944 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002945 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002946
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002947 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002948 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002949 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002950 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002951}
2952
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002953/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002954bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
2955 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002956 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002957 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, FunctionalStyle);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002958
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002959 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2960
2961 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2962 // type needs to be scalar.
2963 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2964 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
2965 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002966 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2967 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2968 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2969 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002970 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002971 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2972 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2973 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2974 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002975 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002976 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002977 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002978 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2979 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2980 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2981 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2982 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2983 break;
2984 }
2985 }
2986 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2987 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2988 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2989 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002990 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002991 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002992 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002993 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002994 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002995 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002996 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2997 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002998 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002999 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
3000 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003001 return true;
3002 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
3003 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
3004 return true;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003005 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3006 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
3007 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00003008 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003009 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003010 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
3011 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3012 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3013 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3014 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3015 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3016 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3017 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3018 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3019 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3020 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003021 }
Fariborz Jahanianb5ff6bf2009-05-22 21:42:52 +00003022 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3023 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003024 return false;
3025}
3026
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00003027bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003028 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003029
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003030 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003031 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003032 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003033 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003034 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003035 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003036 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003037 } else
3038 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003039 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003040 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003041
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003042 return false;
3043}
3044
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003045bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
3046 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
3047
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003048 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3049 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003050 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3051 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3052 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3053 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
3054 return false;
3055 }
3056
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003057 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003058 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3059 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003060 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3061 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3062 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3063 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003064 return false;
3065}
3066
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003067Action::OwningExprResult
3068Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3069 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3070 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3071 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003072
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003073 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003074 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
3075
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003076 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003077 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003078 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Anders Carlssoncdef2b72009-07-31 00:48:10 +00003079 CastExpr::CK_Unknown, castExpr,
3080 castType, LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003081}
3082
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003083/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3084/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003085/// C99 6.5.15
3086QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3087 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003088 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3089 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3090 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3091
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003092 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3093 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3094 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3095 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3096 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3097 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003098
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003099 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003100 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3101 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3102 << CondTy;
3103 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003104 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003105
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003106 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003107
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003108 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3109 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003110 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3111 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3112 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003113 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003114
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003115 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3116 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003117 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3118 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003119 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003120 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003121 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003122 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003123 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003124 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003125
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003126 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003127 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003128 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3129 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3130 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3131 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3132 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3133 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3134 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3135 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3136 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003137 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003138 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003139 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3140 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003141 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003142 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3143 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3144 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003145 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003146 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003147 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3148 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3149 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003150 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003151 // Handle block pointer types.
3152 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3153 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3154 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3155 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3156 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
3157 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3158 return destType;
3159 }
3160 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3161 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3162 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003163 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003164 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3165 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3166 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003167 return LHSTy;
3168 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003169 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003170 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3171 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003172
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003173 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3174 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003175 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3176 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3177 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3178 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3179 // to get a consistent AST.
3180 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3181 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3182 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3183 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003184 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003185 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3186 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3187 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003188 return LHSTy;
3189 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003190 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003191 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003192
3193 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3194 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3195 return LHSTy;
3196 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003197 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
3198 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003199 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
3200
3201 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3202 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3203 // type. This allows
3204 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3205 // where B is a subclass of A.
3206 //
3207 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3208 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3209 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3210 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3211
3212 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3213 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003214 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003215 compositeType = LHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003216 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003217 compositeType = RHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003218 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
3219 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003220 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003221 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
3222 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3223 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3224 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3225 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3226 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003227 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3228 } else {
3229 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3230 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3231 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3232 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3233 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3234 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3235 return incompatTy;
3236 }
3237 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3238 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3239 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3240 return compositeType;
3241 }
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003242 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3243 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003244 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003245 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3246 QualType destPointee = lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3247 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3248 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3249 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3250 return destType;
3251 }
3252 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3253 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003254 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003255 QualType destPointee = rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3256 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3257 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3258 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // promote to void*
3259 return destType;
3260 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003261 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3262 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3263 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003264 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3265 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003266
3267 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3268 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3269 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3270 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3271 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3272 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3273 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3274 return destType;
3275 }
3276 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3277 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3278 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3279 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3280 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3281 return destType;
3282 }
3283
3284 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3285 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3286 return LHSTy;
3287 }
3288 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3289 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3290 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3291 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3292 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3293 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3294 // to get a consistent AST.
3295 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3296 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3297 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3298 return incompatTy;
3299 }
3300 // The pointer types are compatible.
3301 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3302 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3303 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3304 // type.
3305 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3306 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3307 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3308 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3309 return LHSTy;
3310 }
3311
3312 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3313 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3314 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3315 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3316 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3317 return RHSTy;
3318 }
3319 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3320 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3321 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3322 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3323 return LHSTy;
3324 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003325
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003326 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003327 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3328 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003329 return QualType();
3330}
3331
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003332/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003333/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003334Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3335 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3336 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3337 ExprArg RHS) {
3338 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3339 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003340
3341 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3342 // was the condition.
3343 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3344 if (isLHSNull)
3345 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003346
3347 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003348 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003349 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003350 return ExprError();
3351
3352 Cond.release();
3353 LHS.release();
3354 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003355 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003356 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3357 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003358}
3359
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003360// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003361// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003362// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3363// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3364// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003365Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003366Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3367 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003368
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003369 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003370 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3371 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003372
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003373 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003374 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3375 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003376
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003377 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003378
3379 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3380 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3381 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003382 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003383 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003384 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003385
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003386 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3387 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003388 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003389 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003390 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003391 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003392
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003393 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003394 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3395 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003396 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003397
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003398 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003399 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003400 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003401
3402 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003403 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3404 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003405 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003406 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003407 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003408 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3409 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3410 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3411 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3412 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3413 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3414 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3415 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3416 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3417 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3418 }
3419 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3420 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3421 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3422 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3423 }
3424 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3425 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3426 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3427 // warning can be disabled.
3428 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3429 return ConvTy;
3430 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3431 }
3432 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3433 return IncompatiblePointer;
3434 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003435 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003436}
3437
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003438/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3439/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3440/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3441// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003442Sema::AssignConvertType
3443Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003444 QualType rhsType) {
3445 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003446
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003447 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003448 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3449 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003450
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003451 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3452 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3453 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003454
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003455 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003456
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003457 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3458 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3459 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003460
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003461 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003462 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003463 return ConvTy;
3464}
3465
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003466/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3467/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003468/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3469///
3470/// int a, *pint;
3471/// short *pshort;
3472/// struct foo *pfoo;
3473///
3474/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3475/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3476/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3477/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3478///
3479/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003480/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003481///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003482Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003483Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003484 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3485 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003486 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3487 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003488
3489 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003490 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003491
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003492 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3493 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3494 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3495 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3496 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3497 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3498 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003499 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003500 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003501 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003502 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003503 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003504 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3505 // to the same ExtVector type.
3506 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3507 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3508 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3509 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3510 return Compatible;
3511 }
3512
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003513 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003514 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003515 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003516 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003517 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3518 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003519 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003520 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003521 }
3522 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003523 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003524
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003525 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003526 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003527
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003528 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003529 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003530 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003531
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003532 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003533 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003534
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003535 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003536 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003537 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3538 return Compatible;
3539 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003540 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003541 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3542 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003543 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003544
3545 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003546 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003547 return Compatible;
3548 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003549 return Incompatible;
3550 }
3551
3552 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3553 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003554 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003555
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003556 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003557 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003558 return Compatible;
3559
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003560 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3561 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003562
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003563 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003564 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003565 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003566 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003567 return Incompatible;
3568 }
3569
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003570 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3571 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3572 return IntToPointer;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003573
3574 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003575 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003576 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3577 return Compatible;
3578 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003579 }
3580 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003581 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3582 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003583 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3584 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003585 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3586 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003587 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003588 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003589 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003590 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3591 return Compatible;
3592 }
3593 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3594 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3595 return Compatible;
3596 return Incompatible;
3597 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003598 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003599 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003600 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3601 return Compatible;
3602
3603 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003604 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003605
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003606 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003607 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003608
3609 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003610 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003611 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003612 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003613 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003614 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3615 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3616 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3617 return Compatible;
3618
3619 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3620 return PointerToInt;
3621
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003622 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003623 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003624 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3625 return Compatible;
3626 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003627 }
3628 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003629 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003630 return Compatible;
3631 return Incompatible;
3632 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003633
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003634 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003635 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003636 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003637 }
3638 return Incompatible;
3639}
3640
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003641/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3642/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3643static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3644 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3645 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3646 // of the transparent union.
3647 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3648 &E, 1,
3649 SourceLocation());
3650 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3651 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3652
3653 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3654 // union type from this initializer list.
3655 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3656 false);
3657}
3658
3659Sema::AssignConvertType
3660Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3661 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3662
3663 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3664 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3665 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003666 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003667 return Incompatible;
3668
3669 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3670 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3671 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3672 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003673 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3674 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003675 it != itend; ++it) {
3676 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3677 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3678 // 1) void pointer
3679 // 2) null pointer constant
3680 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003681 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003682 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3683 InitField = *it;
3684 break;
3685 }
3686
3687 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3688 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3689 InitField = *it;
3690 break;
3691 }
3692 }
3693
3694 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3695 == Compatible) {
3696 InitField = *it;
3697 break;
3698 }
3699 }
3700
3701 if (!InitField)
3702 return Incompatible;
3703
3704 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3705 return Compatible;
3706}
3707
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003708Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003709Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003710 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3711 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3712 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3713 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3714 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003715 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3716 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003717 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003718 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003719 }
3720
3721 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3722 // structures.
3723 }
3724
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003725 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3726 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003727 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003728 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003729 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003730 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003731 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003732 return Compatible;
3733 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003734
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003735 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003736 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003737 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003738 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003739 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003740 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003741 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3742 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003743
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003744 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3745 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003746
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003747 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3748 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003749 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3750 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3751 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3752 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003753 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003754 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003755 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003756}
3757
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003758QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003759 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003760 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003761 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003762 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003763}
3764
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003765inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003766 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003767 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003768 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003769 QualType lhsType =
3770 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3771 QualType rhsType =
3772 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003773
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003774 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003775 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003776 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003777
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003778 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3779 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003780 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3781 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3782 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003783 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3784 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003785 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003786 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003787 }
3788 }
3789 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003790
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003791 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
3792 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
3793 bool swapped = false;
3794 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3795 swapped = true;
3796 std::swap(rex, lex);
3797 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
3798 }
3799
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003800 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003801 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
3802 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
3803 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
3804 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003805 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003806 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3807 return lhsType;
3808 }
3809 }
3810 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
3811 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3812 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003813 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003814 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3815 return lhsType;
3816 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003817 }
3818 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003819
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003820 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003821 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003822 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003823 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003824 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003825}
3826
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003827inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003828 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003829{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003830 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003831 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003832
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003833 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003834
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003835 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003836 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003837 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003838}
3839
3840inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003841 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003842{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003843 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3844 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3845 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3846 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3847 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003848
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003849 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003850
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003851 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003852 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003853 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003854}
3855
3856inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003857 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003858{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003859 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3860 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3861 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3862 return compType;
3863 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003864
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003865 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003866
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003867 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003868 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3869 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3870 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003871 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003872 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003873
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003874 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3875 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003876 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003877 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3878
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003879 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003880
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003881 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003882 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003883
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003884 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3885 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003886 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3887 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003888 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003889 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003890 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003891
3892 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3893 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3894 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003895 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003896 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3897 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3898 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3899 return QualType();
3900 }
3901
3902 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3903 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3904 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003905 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003906 // Check if we require a complete type.
3907 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003908 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003909 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
3910 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
3911 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3912 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3913 PExp->getType()))
3914 return QualType();
3915 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003916 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3917 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3918 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3919 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3920 return QualType();
3921 }
3922
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003923 if (CompLHSTy) {
3924 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3925 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3926 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003927 else {
3928 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3929 if (!T.isNull())
3930 LHSTy = T;
3931 }
3932
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003933 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3934 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003935 return PExp->getType();
3936 }
3937 }
3938
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003939 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003940}
3941
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003942// C99 6.5.6
3943QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003944 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3945 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3946 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3947 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3948 return compType;
3949 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003950
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003951 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003952
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003953 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003954
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003955 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003956 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3957 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003958 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003959 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003960 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003961
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003962 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003963 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00003964 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003965
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003966 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003967
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003968 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3969 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3970 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3971 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3972 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3973 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3974 return QualType();
3975 }
3976
3977 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3978 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3979 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3980 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3981 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003982 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003983 return QualType();
3984 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003985
3986 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3987 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3988 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3989 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3990 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3991 lex->getSourceRange(),
3992 SourceRange(),
3993 lex->getType()))
3994 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003995
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003996 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3997 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3998 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3999 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4000 return QualType();
4001 }
4002
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004003 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004004 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4005 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4006 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4007 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4008 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4009 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4010 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4011 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4012
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004013 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004014 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004015 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004016
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004017 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004018 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004019 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004020
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004021 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4022 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4023 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4024 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4025 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4026 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4027 return QualType();
4028 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004029
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004030 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4031 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4032 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4033 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004034 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004035 return QualType();
4036 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004037
4038 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4039 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4040 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4041 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4042 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
4043 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4044 rex->getSourceRange(),
4045 SourceRange(),
4046 rex->getType()))
4047 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004048
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004049 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4050 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4051 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4052 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4053 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4054 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4055 return QualType();
4056 }
4057 } else {
4058 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4059 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4060 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4061 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4062 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4063 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4064 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4065 return QualType();
4066 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004067 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004068
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004069 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4070 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4071 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4072 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4073 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4074 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4075 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004076
4077 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004078 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4079 }
4080 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004081
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004082 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004083}
4084
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004085// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004086QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004087 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004088 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4089 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004090 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004091
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004092 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4093 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004094 QualType LHSTy;
4095 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
4096 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004097 else {
4098 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
4099 if (LHSTy.isNull())
4100 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4101 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004102 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004103 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4104
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004105 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004106
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004107 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004108 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004109}
4110
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004111// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004112QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004113 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4114 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4115
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004116 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004117 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004118
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004119 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004120 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4121 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4122 else {
4123 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4124 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4125 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004126 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4127 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004128
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004129 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4130 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004131 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4132 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4133 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004134 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
4135 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004136 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4137 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4138 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4139 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004140 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4141 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004142 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004143
4144 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4145 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4146 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4147 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4148
4149 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4150 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004151 Expr *literalString = 0;
4152 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004153 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004154 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4155 literalString = lex;
4156 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
4157 }
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004158 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4159 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004160 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4161 literalString = rex;
4162 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4163 }
4164
4165 if (literalString) {
4166 std::string resultComparison;
4167 switch (Opc) {
4168 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4169 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4170 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4171 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4172 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4173 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4174 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4175 }
4176 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4177 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4178 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004179 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4180 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4181 "strcmp(")
4182 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4183 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004184 resultComparison);
4185 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004186 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004187
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004188 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004189 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004190
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004191 if (isRelational) {
4192 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004193 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004194 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004195 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004196 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004197 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004198 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004199 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004200
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004201 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004202 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004203 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004204
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004205 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
4206 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004207
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004208 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4209 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4210 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004211 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004212 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004213 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004214 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004215 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004216
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004217 if (isRelational) {
4218 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() || rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004219 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4220 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4221 }
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004222 if (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() != RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
4223 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4224 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4225 }
4226 } else {
4227 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() != rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
4228 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
4229 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4230 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4231 }
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004232 }
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004233
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004234 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
4235 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4236 return ResultTy;
4237
4238 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4239 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4240 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4241 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4242 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4243 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4244 //
4245 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4246 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004247 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004248 if (T.isNull()) {
4249 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4250 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4251 return QualType();
4252 }
4253
4254 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4255 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4256 return ResultTy;
4257 }
4258
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004259 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004260 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4261 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004262 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004263 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004264 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004265 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004266 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004267 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004268 }
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004269 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4270 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4271 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4272 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4273 return ResultTy;
4274 }
4275 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4276 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4277 return ResultTy;
4278 }
4279 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4280 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4281 return ResultTy;
4282 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004283 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004284 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004285 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4286 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004287
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004288 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004289 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004290 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004291 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004292 }
4293 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004294 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004295 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004296 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004297 if (!isRelational
4298 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4299 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004300 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004301 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004302 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004303 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004304 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4305 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4306 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004307 }
4308 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004309 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004310 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004311
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004312 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004313 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004314 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4315 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004316 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004317 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004318 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004319 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004320
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004321 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4322 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004323 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004324 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004325 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004326 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004327 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004328 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004329 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4330 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
4331 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4332 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4333 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004334 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004335 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004336 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004337 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004338 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004339 if (isRelational)
4340 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4341 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4342 else if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004343 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004344 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004345 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004346 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004347 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004348 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004349 if (isRelational)
4350 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4351 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4352 else if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004353 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004354 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004355 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004356 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004357 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004358 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004359 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4360 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004361 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004362 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004363 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004364 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4365 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004366 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004367 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004368 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004369 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004370}
4371
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004372/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004373/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004374/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4375/// types.
4376QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004377 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004378 bool isRelational) {
4379 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4380 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004381 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004382 if (vType.isNull())
4383 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004384
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004385 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4386 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004387
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004388 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4389 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4390 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4391 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4392 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4393 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4394 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004395 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004396 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004397
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004398 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4399 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4400 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004401 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004402 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004403
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004404 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4405 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4406 // elements for floating point vectors.
4407 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4408 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004409
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004410 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004411 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004412 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004413 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004414 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004415 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4416
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004417 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004418 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004419 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4420}
4421
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004422inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004423 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004424{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004425 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004426 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004427
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004428 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004429
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004430 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004431 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004432 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004433}
4434
4435inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004436 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004437{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004438 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4439 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004440
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004441 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004442 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004443 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004444}
4445
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004446/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4447/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4448/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4449///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004450static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004451{
4452 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4453 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4454 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4455 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004456 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
4457 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4458 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4459 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4460 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004461 }
4462 }
4463 return false;
4464}
4465
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004466/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4467/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4468static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004469 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4470 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4471 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004472 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4473 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004474 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4475 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004476
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004477 unsigned Diag = 0;
4478 bool NeedType = false;
4479 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4480 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4481 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004482 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004483 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4484 NeedType = true;
4485 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004486 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004487 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4488 NeedType = true;
4489 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004490 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004491 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4492 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004493 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004494 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4495 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004496 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4497 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004498 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004499 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4500 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004501 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004502 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4503 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004504 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004505 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4506 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004507 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4508 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4509 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004510 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4511 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4512 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004513 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004514
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004515 SourceRange Assign;
4516 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4517 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004518 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004519 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004520 else
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004521 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004522 return true;
4523}
4524
4525
4526
4527// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004528QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4529 SourceLocation Loc,
4530 QualType CompoundType) {
4531 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4532 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004533 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004534
4535 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4536 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004537
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004538 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004539 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004540 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004541 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004542 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4543 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4544 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004545 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004546 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004547 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004548 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004549
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004550 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4551 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4552 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004553 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004554 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4555 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4556 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4557 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4558 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004559 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004560 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004561 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4562 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4563 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004564 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4565 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004566 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4567 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4568 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004569 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004570 }
4571 } else {
4572 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004573 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004574 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004575
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004576 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4577 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004578 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004579
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004580 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4581 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004582 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004583 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4584 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004585 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004586 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004587 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004588}
4589
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004590// C99 6.5.17
4591QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004592 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004593 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004594
4595 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4596 // incomplete in C++).
4597
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004598 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004599}
4600
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004601/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4602/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004603QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4604 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004605 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4606 return Context.DependentTy;
4607
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004608 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4609 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004610
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004611 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4612 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4613 if (!isInc) {
4614 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4615 return QualType();
4616 }
4617 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4618 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4619 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004620 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004621 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4622 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004623
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004624 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004625 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004626 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4627 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4628 << Op->getSourceRange();
4629 return QualType();
4630 }
4631
4632 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004633 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004634 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004635 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4636 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4637 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4638 return QualType();
4639 }
4640
4641 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004642 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004643 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004644 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4645 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4646 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004647 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004648 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4649 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4650 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4651 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
4652 return QualType();
4653 }
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004654 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4655 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4656 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004657 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004658 } else {
4659 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004660 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004661 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004662 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004663 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004664 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004665 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004666 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004667 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004668}
4669
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004670/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004671/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004672/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4673/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4674/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4675/// - &(x) => x
4676/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4677/// - &s.xx => s
4678/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4679/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4680/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4681/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004682static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004683 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004684 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004685 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004686 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004687 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004688 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4689 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4690 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004691 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004692 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004693 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004694 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004695 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004696 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4697 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004698 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4699 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4700 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4701 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4702 }
4703 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004704 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004705 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4706 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004707
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004708 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004709 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4710 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4711 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4712 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4713 default:
4714 return 0;
4715 }
4716 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004717 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004718 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004719 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004720 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4721 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004722 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004723 default:
4724 return 0;
4725 }
4726}
4727
4728/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004729/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004730/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004731/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004732/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004733/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004734/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004735QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004736 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4737 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4738
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004739 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4740 return Context.DependentTy;
4741
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004742 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4743 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4744 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4745 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4746 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4747 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4748 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4749 }
4750 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4751 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4752 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004753 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004754 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004755
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004756 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4757 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004758 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004759 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004760 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004761 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4762 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004763 return QualType();
4764 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004765 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004766 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4767 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4768 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004769 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004770 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4771 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004772 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004773 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004774 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004775 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00004776 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
4777 // cannot take address of a property expression.
4778 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4779 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
4780 return QualType();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004781 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004782 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004783 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4784 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4785 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004786 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4787 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004788 return QualType();
4789 }
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004790 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
4791 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004792 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004793 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004794 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004795 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4796 // scope qualifier for the class.
4797 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4798 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004799 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
4800 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
4801 Diag(OpLoc,
4802 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
4803 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
4804 return QualType();
4805 }
4806
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004807 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4808 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004809 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004810 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004811 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004812 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004813 // As above.
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004814 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4815 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4816 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4817 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004818 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004819 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004820
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004821 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4822 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4823 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4824 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4825 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4826 }
4827
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004828 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4829 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4830}
4831
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004832QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004833 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4834 return Context.DependentTy;
4835
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004836 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4837 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004838
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004839 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4840 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4841 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4842 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004843 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004844 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004845
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004846 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAsObjCObjectPointerType())
4847 return OPT->getPointeeType();
4848
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004849 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004850 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004851 return QualType();
4852}
4853
4854static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4855 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4856 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4857 switch (Kind) {
4858 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004859 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4860 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004861 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4862 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4863 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4864 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4865 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4866 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4867 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4868 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4869 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4870 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4871 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4872 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4873 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4874 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4875 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4876 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4877 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4878 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4879 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4880 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4881 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4882 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4883 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4884 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4885 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4886 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4887 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4888 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4889 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4890 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4891 }
4892 return Opc;
4893}
4894
4895static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4896 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4897 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4898 switch (Kind) {
4899 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4900 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4901 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4902 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4903 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4904 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4905 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4906 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4907 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004908 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4909 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4910 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4911 }
4912 return Opc;
4913}
4914
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004915/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4916/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4917/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004918Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4919 unsigned Op,
4920 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004921 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004922 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004923 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4924 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4925 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004926
4927 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004928 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4929 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4930 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004931 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4932 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4933 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4934 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4935 break;
4936 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004937 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4938 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4939 break;
4940 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4941 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4942 break;
4943 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4944 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4945 break;
4946 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4947 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4948 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004949 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004950 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4951 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4952 break;
4953 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4954 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4955 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4956 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004957 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004958 break;
4959 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4960 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004961 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004962 break;
4963 case BinaryOperator::And:
4964 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4965 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4966 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4967 break;
4968 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4969 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4970 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4971 break;
4972 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4973 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004974 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4975 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4976 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4977 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004978 break;
4979 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004980 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4981 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4982 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4983 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004984 break;
4985 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004986 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4987 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4988 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004989 break;
4990 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004991 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4992 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4993 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004994 break;
4995 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4996 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004997 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4998 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4999 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5000 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005001 break;
5002 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5003 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5004 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005005 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5006 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5007 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5008 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005009 break;
5010 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5011 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5012 break;
5013 }
5014 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005015 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005016 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005017 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5018 else
5019 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005020 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5021 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005022}
5023
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005024// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005025Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5026 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5027 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005028 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005029 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005030
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005031 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5032 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005033
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005034 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5035 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
5036 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5037 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5038 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5039 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5040 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005041 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005042 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5043 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5044 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5045 Functions);
5046 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
5047 DeclarationName OpName
5048 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5049 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005050 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005051
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005052 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5053 // binary operation.
5054 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005055 }
5056
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005057 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5058 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005059}
5060
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005061Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5062 unsigned OpcIn,
5063 ExprArg InputArg) {
5064 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005065
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005066 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005067 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005068 QualType resultType;
5069 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005070 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5071 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5072 break;
5073
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005074 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5075 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005076 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5077 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005078 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005079 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5080 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005081 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005082 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005083 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5084 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005085 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005086 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005087 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5088 break;
5089 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5090 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005091 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5092 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005093 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5094 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005095 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5096 break;
5097 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5098 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5099 break;
5100 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5101 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5102 resultType->isPointerType())
5103 break;
5104
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005105 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5106 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005107 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005108 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5109 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005110 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5111 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005112 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5113 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5114 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005115 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005116 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005117 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005118 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5119 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005120 break;
5121 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5122 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005123 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5124 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005125 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5126 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005127 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005128 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5129 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005130 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005131 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5132 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005133 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005134 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005135 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005136 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005137 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005138 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005139 resultType = Input->getType();
5140 break;
5141 }
5142 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005143 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005144
5145 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005146 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005147}
5148
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005149// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5150Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5151 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5152 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5153 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5154
5155 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5156 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5157 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5158 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5159 // the arguments.
5160 FunctionSet Functions;
5161 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5162 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5163 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5164 Functions);
5165 DeclarationName OpName
5166 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5167 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5168 }
5169
5170 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5171 }
5172
5173 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5174}
5175
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005176/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005177Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5178 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5179 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005180 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005181 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005182
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005183 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5184 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005185 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005186 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005187
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005188 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005189 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5190 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005191}
5192
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005193Sema::OwningExprResult
5194Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5195 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5196 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005197 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5198 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5199
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005200 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005201 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005202 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005203
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005204 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5205 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5206 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005207
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005208 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5209 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5210 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005211
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005212 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5213 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5214 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5215 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5216 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005217
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005218 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005219 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005220 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005221
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005222 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5223 // expressions are not lvalues.
5224
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005225 substmt.release();
5226 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005227}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005228
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005229Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5230 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5231 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5232 TypeTy *argty,
5233 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5234 unsigned NumComponents,
5235 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5236 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5237 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005238 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
5239 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005240
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005241 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5242
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005243 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5244 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5245 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005246 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005247 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005248
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005249 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5250 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005251
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005252 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5253 // the offsetof designators.
5254 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5255 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005256 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005257 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005258
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005259 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5260 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005261 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5262 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005263 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005264 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5265 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005266
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005267 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005268 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005269
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005270 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5271 // leaks like a sieve.
5272 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5273 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5274 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5275 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5276 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5277 if (!AT) {
5278 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005279 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5280 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005281 }
5282
5283 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5284
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005285 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5286 // expression.
5287 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5288
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005289 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5290 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005291 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005292 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005293 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005294 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005295 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005296
5297 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5298 OC.LocEnd);
5299 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005300 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005301
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005302 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005303 if (!RC) {
5304 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005305 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5306 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005307 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005308
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005309 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5310 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005311 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005312 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005313 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5314 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5315 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005316 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5317 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005318 }
5319
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005320 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5321 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5322 LookupMemberName)
5323 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005324 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005325 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005326 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5327 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005328
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005329 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5330 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005331 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005332 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5333 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005334 } else {
5335 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5336 // doesn't matter here.
5337 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5338 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5339 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005340 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005341 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005342
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005343 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5344 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005345}
5346
5347
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005348Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5349 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5350 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005351 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5352 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005353
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005354 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005355
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005356 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5357 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5358 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5359 return ExprError();
5360 }
5361
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005362 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5363 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005364}
5365
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005366Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5367 ExprArg cond,
5368 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5369 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5370 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5371 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5372 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005373
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005374 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5375
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005376 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005377 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005378 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5379 } else {
5380 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5381 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5382 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5383 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005384 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5385 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5386 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005387
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005388 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5389 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5390 }
5391
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005392 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5393 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5394 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005395}
5396
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005397//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5398// Clang Extensions.
5399//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5400
5401/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005402void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005403 // Analyze block parameters.
5404 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005405
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005406 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5407 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5408 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005409
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005410 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005411 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005412 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbar1d2154c2009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005413 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005414 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5415 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005416
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005417 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005418 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005419}
5420
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005421void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005422 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005423
5424 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5425 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005426 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005427 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5428
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005429 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5430 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5431 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5432 return;
5433 }
5434
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005435 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5436 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5437 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5438
5439 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5440 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005441 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005442 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005443 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005444 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005445 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5446 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005447 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5448
5449 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5450 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5451 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5452 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5453 return;
5454 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005455 return;
5456 }
5457
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005458 // Analyze arguments to block.
5459 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5460 "Not a function declarator!");
5461 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005462
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005463 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5464 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005465
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005466 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5467 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5468 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5469 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005470 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5471 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005472 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005473 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005474 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5475 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005476 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005477 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005478 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005479 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005480 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005481 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005482 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005483 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5484 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5485 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5486 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5487 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005488
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005489 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005490 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005491 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005492 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005493 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005494 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5495 }
5496
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005497 // Analyze the return type.
5498 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5499 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5500
5501 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5502 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5503 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5504 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5505 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005506 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005507}
5508
5509/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5510/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5511void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5512 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5513 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005514
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005515 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5516
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005517 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005518 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005519 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005520 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005521}
5522
5523/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5524/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005525Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5526 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005527 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5528 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5529 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5530
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005531 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5532 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005533
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005534 PopDeclContext();
5535
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005536 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5537 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005538
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005539 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005540 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5541 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005542
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005543 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5544 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5545 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005546
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005547 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005548 QualType BlockTy;
5549 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005550 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5551 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005552 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005553 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005554 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5555 NoReturn);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005556
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005557 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005558 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005559 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005560
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005561 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5562 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5563 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5564 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5565
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005566 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005567 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005568 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5569 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005570}
5571
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005572Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5573 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5574 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005575 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005576 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5577 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5578
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005579 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005580
5581 // Get the va_list type
5582 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005583 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5584 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5585 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5586 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005587 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005588 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5589 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5590 } else {
5591 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5592 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005593 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5594 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005595 return ExprError();
5596 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005597
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005598 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5599 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005600 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5601 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005602 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005603 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005604
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005605 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005606 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005607
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005608 expr.release();
5609 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5610 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005611}
5612
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005613Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005614 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5615 // pointers on the target.
5616 QualType Ty;
5617 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5618 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5619 else
5620 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5621
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005622 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005623}
5624
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005625bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5626 SourceLocation Loc,
5627 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5628 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5629 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5630 bool isInvalid = false;
5631 unsigned DiagKind;
5632 switch (ConvTy) {
5633 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5634 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005635 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005636 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5637 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005638 case IntToPointer:
5639 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5640 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005641 case IncompatiblePointer:
5642 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5643 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005644 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5645 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5646 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005647 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5648 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5649 break;
5650 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005651 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5652 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5653 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5654 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5655 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5656 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5657 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5658 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5659 // C++ semantics.
5660 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5661 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5662 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005663 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5664 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005665 case IntToBlockPointer:
5666 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5667 break;
5668 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005669 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005670 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005671 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005672 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005673 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5674 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5675 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005676 case IncompatibleVectors:
5677 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5678 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005679 case Incompatible:
5680 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5681 isInvalid = true;
5682 break;
5683 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005684
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005685 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5686 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005687 return isInvalid;
5688}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005689
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005690bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005691 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5692 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5693 if (Result)
5694 *Result = ICEResult;
5695 return false;
5696 }
5697
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005698 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5699
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005700 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005701 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5702 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5703
5704 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5705 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5706 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5707 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5708 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5709 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5710 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005711
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005712 return true;
5713 }
5714
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005715 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5716 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005717
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005718 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5719 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5720 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005721
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005722 if (Result)
5723 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5724 return false;
5725}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005726
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005727Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5728Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5729 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5730 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5731 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5732
5733 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5734 return NewContext;
5735}
5736
5737void
5738Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5739 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5740 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5741
5742 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5743 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5744 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5745 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5746 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5747 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5748 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5749
5750 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5751 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5752 I != IEnd; ++I)
5753 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5754 }
5755}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005756
5757/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5758///
5759/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5760/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5761/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5762/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5763///
5764/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5765///
5766/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5767void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5768 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5769
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005770 if (D->isUsed())
5771 return;
5772
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005773 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5774 // template or not.
5775 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5776 D->setUsed(true);
5777
5778 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5779 // an instantiation.
5780 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5781 return;
5782
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005783 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5784 case Unevaluated:
5785 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5786 return;
5787
5788 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5789 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5790 // "used"; handle this below.
5791 break;
5792
5793 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5794 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5795 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5796 // potentially evaluated.
5797 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5798 return;
5799 }
5800
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005801 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005802 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005803 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005804 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5805 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5806 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
5807 }
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005808 else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5809 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
5810 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5811 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5812 }
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00005813 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
5814 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
5815 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
5816
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00005817 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5818 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5819 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
5820 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
5821 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
5822 }
5823 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005824 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005825 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
5826 // class templates.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00005827 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005828 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
5829 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
5830 // instantiated, naturally).
5831 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
5832 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregorb33fe2f2009-06-30 17:20:14 +00005833 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005834 }
5835
5836
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005837 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005838 Function->setUsed(true);
5839 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005840 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005841
5842 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005843 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
5844 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations (which we need to
5845 // actually instantiate) and explicit specializations.
5846 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
5847 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
5848 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
5849
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005850 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005851
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005852 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005853 return;
5854}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005855}
5856